blob: ac1ec44d155b06620303a6ccf7672fd2f15e5201 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
417
418 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
419 according to the A004510 workaround.
420
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000421- Generic CPU options:
422 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
423
424 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
425 values is arch specific.
426
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100427- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200428 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429
430 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
431 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
432 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200434 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200435
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100436 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
437 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200438 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100439 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200440
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200441- MIPS CPU options:
442 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
443
444 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
445 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
446 relocation.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
449
450 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
451 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
452 Possible values are:
453 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
455 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
456 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
463
464 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
465 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
466
467 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
468
469 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
470 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
471 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
472
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000473- ARM options:
474 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
475
476 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
477 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
478
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
480
481 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
482 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
483 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
484 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
485 GCC.
486
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000487 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
491
492 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
493 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
494 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
495 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
496 set these options unless they apply!
497
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000498- CPU timer options:
499 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
500
501 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
502 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
503 option must be set to 1000.
504
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000506 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
507
508 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
509 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
510 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
511 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
512 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
513 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
514 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000515 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100516 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 default environment.
518
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000519 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
520
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200521 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000522 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
523 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
524
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400525 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200526
527 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400528 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
529 concepts).
530
531 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
532 * New libfdt-based support
533 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500534 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400535
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200536 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
537 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
538 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
539 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200540 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600541 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200542
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200543 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
544 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600546 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
547
548 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
549 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000550
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500551 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
552
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200553 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500554 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
555
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200556 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
557
558 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
559 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
560 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
561 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
562 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
563 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
564
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000565 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
566
567 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
568 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
569 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
570 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
571 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
572 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
573 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
574
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100575- vxWorks boot parameters:
576
577 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
578 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
579 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
580
581 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
585
586 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
587
588 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
589
590 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
591 the defaults discussed just above.
592
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000593- Cache Configuration:
594 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
595 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
597
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000598- Cache Configuration for ARM:
599 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
600 controller
601 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
602 controller register space
603
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000604- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200605 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000606
607 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
608
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200609 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000610
611 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
614
615 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
616 the clock speed of the UARTs.
617
618 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
619
620 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
621 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
622 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
623
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000624 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
625
626 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
627 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
628 this variable to initialize the extra register.
629
630 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
631
632 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
633 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
634 variable to flush the UART at init time.
635
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000636
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000637- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000638 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
639 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
640 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
641 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000642
643 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
644 port routines must be defined elsewhere
645 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
646
647 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
648 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000649 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000650 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
651 (default big endian)
652 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
653 rectangle fill
654 (cf. smiLynxEM)
655 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
656 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
657 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
658 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000659 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
660 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
662 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000663 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000664 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
665 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
666 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
667 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
668 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
669 (i.e. i8042_getc)
670 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
671 (requires blink timer
672 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200673 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000674 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
675 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500676 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
678 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000679 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
680 linux_logo.h for logo.
681 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200683 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 the logo
685
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000686 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
687 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
688 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
689
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000690 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
691 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
692 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000694 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
695 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
696 the "silent" environment variable. See
697 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000698
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000699- Console Baudrate:
700 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
701 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200702 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
703 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100705- Console Rx buffer length
706 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
707 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100708 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100709 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
710 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
711 the SMC.
712
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000713- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200714 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
715 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
716 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
717 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
718 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
719 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
720 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200721 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200722 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000723
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200724 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
725 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000726
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000727- Safe printf() functions
728 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
729 the printf() functions. These are defined in
730 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
731 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
732 If this option is not given then these functions will
733 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
734 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
737 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
738 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000739 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
740 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
742 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
743 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
744 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
745 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
746 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
747 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
748 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
749 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
750 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
751 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
752 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
753 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
754
755- Autoboot Command:
756 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
757 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
758 define a command string that is automatically executed
759 when no character is read on the console interface
760 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
761
762 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
764 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
765 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000766
767 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000768 The value of these goes into the environment as
769 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
770 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200771 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772
773- Pre-Boot Commands:
774 CONFIG_PREBOOT
775
776 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
777 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
778 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
779 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
780 entering interactive mode.
781
782 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
783 automatically generated or modified. For an example
784 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
785 modified when the user holds down a certain
786 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
787 booting the systems
788
789- Serial Download Echo Mode:
790 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
791 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
792 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
793 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
794 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
795 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
796 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
797
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000799 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
800 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802
803- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
805 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000806 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
807 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 and augmenting with additional #define's
809 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 The default command configuration includes all commands
812 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
816 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
817 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
818 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
819 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
820 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
821 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
824 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
825 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600826 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
827 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
828 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
829 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
831 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
834 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600835 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600836 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000838 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
839 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000842 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
844 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
845 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Benoît Thébaudeauccca7df2013-04-23 10:17:40 +0000846 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000847 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000850 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
852 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
853 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
854 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
856 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500858 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
861 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
862 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
863 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
866 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
868 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400869 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
870 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000871 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000873 loop, loopw
874 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
876 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
877 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100878 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
880 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600881 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
884 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
885 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
886 host
887 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000888 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
890 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000891 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
893 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
894 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
895 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
896 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
897 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700898 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100899 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400900 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800901 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200902 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000904 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000905 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000906 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
907 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500908 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500909 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000910 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
913 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
914 support you can write:
915
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
917 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400919 Other Commands:
920 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921
922 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000924 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
925 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
926 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
927 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
928 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
929 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
931
932 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
933
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000934- Regular expression support:
935 CONFIG_REGEX
936 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
937 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
938 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
939 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
940
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000941- Device tree:
942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
948
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
950 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000951
952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
957 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000958
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
963
964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
965
966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
968 still use the individual files if you need something more
969 exotic.
970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971- Watchdog:
972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
978 available, then no further board specific code should
979 be needed to use it.
980
981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000986- U-Boot Version:
987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
990 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
992 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994- Real-Time Clock:
995
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
998 following options:
999
1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1012 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1016
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001017- GPIO Support:
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1020
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1023 pins supported by a particular chip.
1024
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028- Timestamp Support:
1029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001035- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1036 Zero or more of the following:
1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1043 disk/part_efi.c
1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001049
1050- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1052 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1055 be performed by calling the function
1056 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
1059- ATAPI Support:
1060 CONFIG_ATAPI
1061
1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1063
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001064- LBA48 Support
1065 CONFIG_LBA48
1066
1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1070 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1074 Default is 32bit.
1075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076- SCSI Support:
1077 At the moment only there is only support for the
1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1085 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001092 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1094
1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1099
1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1102 example with the "sspi" command.
1103
1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001107
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001114 write routine for first time initialisation.
1115
1116 CONFIG_TULIP
1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1120
1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1122 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1123
1124 CONFIG_NS8382X
1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1126
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001127- NETWORK Support (other):
1128
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1131
1132 CONFIG_RMII
1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1134
1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1137 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1138
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1141
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001142 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1144
1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1146 Define this to hold the physical address
1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1148
1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1151
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001152 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1154
1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161
1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1164 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1165
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1167 Support for davinci emac
1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1171
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1174
1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1183
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001184 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1186
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001188 Define this to hold the physical address
1189 of the device (I/O space)
1190
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1193
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1203 Define the number of ports to be used
1204
1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1206 Define the ETH PHY's address
1207
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1210
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001211- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001212 CONFIG_TPM
1213 Support TPM devices.
1214
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001215 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1216 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1217 per system is supported at this time.
1218
1219 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1220 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1221
1222 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1223 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1224
1225 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1226 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1227
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001228 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001229 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1230 per system is supported at this time.
1231
1232 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1233 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1234 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1235 0xfed40000.
1236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001237- USB Support:
1238 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001239 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1241 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001242 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001243 storage devices.
1244 Note:
1245 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1246 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001247 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1248 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1249 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001250 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1251 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001252 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1253 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1254 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001255 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1256 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001257 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001258 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1259 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001260
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001261 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1262 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1263
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001264 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1265 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1266
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001267- USB Device:
1268 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1269 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1270 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001271 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001272 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1273 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001274 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001275 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1276 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1277 a Linux host by
1278 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1279 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1280 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1281 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001282
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001283 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1284 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001285
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001286 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1287 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1288 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001289
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301290 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1291 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1292 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1293 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1294 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1295 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1296 speed.
1297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001298 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001299 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1300 be set to usbtty.
1301
1302 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001303 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001304 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001305 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001307 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001308 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001309 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001310
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001311 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001312 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001313 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001314 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1315 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1316 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1317
1318 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1319 Define this string as the name of your company for
1320 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001321
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001322 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1323 Define this string as the name of your product
1324 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1325
1326 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1327 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1328 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1329 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1330 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001331
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001332 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1333 Define this as the unique Product ID
1334 for your device
1335 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001337- ULPI Layer Support:
1338 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1339 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1340 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1341 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1342 viewport is supported.
1343 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1344 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001345 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1346 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1347 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001348
1349- MMC Support:
1350 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1351 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1352 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1353 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001354 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1355 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001356
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001357 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1358 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1359
1360 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1361 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1362
1363 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1364 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1365
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001366- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1367 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1368 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1369
1370 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1371 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1372 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1373 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1374 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1375
1376 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1377 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1378
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001379 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1380 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1381
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001382 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1383 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1384 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1385 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1386 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1387 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1388
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001389- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1390 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1391 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1392 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1393
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001394 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1395 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001396 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001398 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001399 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1400 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1401
1402 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001403 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001404 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1405 have not defined a custom partition
1406
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001407- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1408 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001409
1410 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1411 file in FAT formatted partition.
1412
1413 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1414 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001415
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001416CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1417 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1418
1419 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1420 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1421 and cbfsload.
1422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423- Keyboard Support:
1424 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1425
1426 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1427 support
1428
1429 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1430 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1431 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1432 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1433 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1434
1435- Video support:
1436 CONFIG_VIDEO
1437
1438 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1439 video).
1440
1441 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1442
1443 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1444
1445 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001446 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001447 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1448 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1449 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001450
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001451 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001452 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001453 are possible:
1454 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001455 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001456
1457 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1458 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1459 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1460 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1461 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1462 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1463 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001464 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1465
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001466 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001467 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001468
1469
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001470 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001471 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001472 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1473 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1474
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001475 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001476 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001477 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1478 support, and should also define these other macros:
1479
1480 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1481 CONFIG_VIDEO
1482 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1483 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1484 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1485 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1486 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1487 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1488
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001489 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1490 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1491 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1492 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001493
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001494 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1495
1496 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1497 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1498 driver.
1499
1500
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001501- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001502 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001503
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001504 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1505 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1506 defined in your board-specific files.
1507 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001508
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001509- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1510
1511 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1512 display); also select one of the supported displays
1513 by defining one of these:
1514
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001515 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1516
1517 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1518
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001519 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001520
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001521 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001522
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001523 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001524
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001525 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1526 Active, color, single scan.
1527
1528 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1529
1530 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531 Active, color, single scan.
1532
1533 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1534
1535 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1536 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1537
1538 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1539
1540 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1541 Active, color, single scan.
1542
1543 CONFIG_HLD1045
1544
1545 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1546 Active, color, single scan.
1547
1548 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1549
1550 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1551 or
1552 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1553 or
1554 Hitachi SP14Q002
1555
1556 320x240. Black & white.
1557
1558 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001559 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001560
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001561 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1562
1563 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1564 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1565 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1566 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1567 a per-section basis.
1568
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001569 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1570
1571 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1572 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1573 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1574 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001575
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001576 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1577
1578 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1579
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001580 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1581
1582 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1583 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1584
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001585- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001586
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001587 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1588 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1589 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001590 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001591 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1592 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1593 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1594 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001595
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001596 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1597
1598 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1599 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1600 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1601 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1602 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1603 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1604 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1605 there is no need to set this option.
1606
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001607 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1608
1609 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1610 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1611 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1612 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1613 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1614 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1615
1616 Example:
1617 setenv splashpos m,m
1618 => image at center of screen
1619
1620 setenv splashpos 30,20
1621 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1622
1623 setenv splashpos -10,m
1624 => vertically centered image
1625 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1626
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001627 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1628
1629 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1630 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1631 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1632 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1633 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1634
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001635- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1636
1637 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1638 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1639 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1640
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001641- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1642
1643 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1644 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1645 bmp command.
1646
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001647- Do compresssing for memory range:
1648 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1649
1650 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1651 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1652
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001653- Compression support:
1654 CONFIG_BZIP2
1655
1656 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1657 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1658 compressed images are supported.
1659
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001660 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001661 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001662 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001663
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001664 CONFIG_LZMA
1665
1666 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1667 images is included.
1668
1669 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1670 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1671 formula:
1672
1673 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1674
1675 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1676 and Literal pos bits.
1677
1678 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1679 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1680 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1681 a very small buffer.
1682
1683 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1684 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001685 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001686
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001687- MII/PHY support:
1688 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1689
1690 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1691
1692 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1693
1694 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1695
1696 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1697
1698 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001699 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001700
1701 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1702
1703 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1704 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1705 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1706 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1707
1708 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1709
1710 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1711 command issued before MII status register can be read
1712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001713- Ethernet address:
1714 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001715 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001716 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1717 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001718 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1719 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001720
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001721 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1722 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001723 is not determined automatically.
1724
1725- IP address:
1726 CONFIG_IPADDR
1727
1728 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001729 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001730 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001731 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732
1733- Server IP address:
1734 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1735
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001736 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001737 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001738 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001739
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001740 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1741
1742 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1743 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1744
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001745- Gateway IP address:
1746 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1747
1748 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1749 default router where packets to other networks are
1750 sent to.
1751 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1752
1753- Subnet mask:
1754 CONFIG_NETMASK
1755
1756 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1757 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1758 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1759 forwarded through a router.
1760 (Environment variable "netmask")
1761
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001762- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1763 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1764
1765 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1766 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001767 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001768 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1769 multicast group.
1770
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001771- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1772 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1773
1774 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1775 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1776 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1777 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1778 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1779 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1780 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1781 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001782 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001783
1784 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1785 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1786 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1787 4th and following
1788 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1789
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001790- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001791 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1792 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001793
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001794 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1795 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1796 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1797 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1798 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1799 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1800 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1801 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1802 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1803 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1804 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1805 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001806 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001807
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001808 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1809 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001810
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001811 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1812 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1813 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1814 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1815 is not available.
1816
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001817 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1818 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1819 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1820 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1821 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1822 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1823 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001824 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001825
1826 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1827 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1828 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001829 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001830 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1831 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001832
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001833 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1834
1835 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1836 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1837 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1838 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1839 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1840 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1841 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1842 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1843 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1844 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1845 this delay.
1846
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001847 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1848 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1849 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1850 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1851 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1852
1853 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1854
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001855 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001856 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001857
1858 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1859
1860 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1861
1862 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1863 of the device.
1864
1865 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1866
1867 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1868 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001869 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001870
1871 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1872
1873 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1874 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1875
1876 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1877
1878 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1879
1880 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1881
1882 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1883
1884 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1885
1886 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1887
1888 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1889
1890 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1891 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1892
1893 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1894
1895 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001897- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1898
1899 Several configurations allow to display the current
1900 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1901 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1902 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1903 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1904 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1905 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1906 feature in U-Boot.
1907
1908- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1909
1910 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1911 on those systems that support this (optional)
1912 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1913
1914- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1915
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001916 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001917 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001918 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001920 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001921 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001922 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1923 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001924 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001925
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001926 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001928 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001929 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1930 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001932 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001933 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001935 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001936 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001937 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001938 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001939
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001940 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001941 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001942 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1943 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1944 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001945
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001946 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1947
1948 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1949 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1950 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1951 commands until the slave device responds.
1952
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001953 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001954
1955 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1956 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1957 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001958
1959 I2C_INIT
1960
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001961 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001962 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001964 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001965
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001966 I2C_PORT
1967
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001968 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1969 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1970 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001971
1972 I2C_ACTIVE
1973
1974 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1975 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1976 define can be null.
1977
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001978 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1979
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980 I2C_TRISTATE
1981
1982 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1983 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1984 define can be null.
1985
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001986 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1987
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988 I2C_READ
1989
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001990 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1991 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001992
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001993 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001995 I2C_SDA(bit)
1996
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001997 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1998 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001999
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002000 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002001 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002002 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 I2C_SCL(bit)
2005
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002006 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2007 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002009 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002010 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002011 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002013 I2C_DELAY
2014
2015 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2016 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002017 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002018 like:
2019
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002020 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002021
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002022 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2023
2024 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2025 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2026 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2027 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2028
2029 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2030 the generic GPIO functions.
2031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002032 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002033
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002034 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2035 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2036 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2037 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2038 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2039 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2040 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2041 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002042
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002043 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2044
2045 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2046 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2047 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2048 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2049 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2050 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2051 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2052 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2053
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002054 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2055
2056 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2057 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2058 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2059
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002060 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2061
2062 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002063 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2064 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002065 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002067 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002068
2069 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002070 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002071 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2072 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002073
2074 e.g.
2075 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002076 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002077
2078 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2079
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002080 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002081 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002082
2083 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002085 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002086
2087 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2088 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002090 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002091
2092 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2093 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002095 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002096
2097 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2098 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002100 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002101
2102 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2103 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2104 specified DTT device.
2105
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002106 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2107
2108 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002109 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002110
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002111 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2112
2113 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2114 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2115 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2116 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2117 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2118 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2119
2120 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2121 feature!
2122
2123 Example:
2124 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2125 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2126 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2127
2128 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2129
2130 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2131 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2132
2133 => i2c bus
2134 Busses reached over muxes:
2135 Bus ID: 2
2136 reached over Mux(es):
2137 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2138 Bus ID: 3
2139 reached over Mux(es):
2140 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2141 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2142 =>
2143
2144 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002145 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2146 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002147 the channel 4.
2148
2149 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002150 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002151 the 2 muxes.
2152
2153 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2154 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2155 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2156 to add this option to other architectures.
2157
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002158 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2159
2160 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2161 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2162 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2163 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2164 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2165 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2166 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002168- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2169
2170 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2171 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2172 D/As on the SACSng board)
2173
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002174 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2175
2176 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2177 only SH7757 is supported.
2178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179 CONFIG_SPI_X
2180
2181 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2182 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2183
2184 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2185
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002186 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2187 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2188 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2189 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2190 defined, the board configuration must define several
2191 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2192 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002193
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002194 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2195
2196 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2197 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2198 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002199 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002200 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2201
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002202 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2203
2204 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002205 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002206
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002207- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2208
2209 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2210
2211 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2212
2213 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2214 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2215
2216 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2217
2218 Enables support for FPGA family.
2219 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2220
2221 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002222
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002223 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002225 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002226
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002227 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002229 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002230
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002231 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2232 status by the configuration function. This option
2233 will require a board or device specific function to
2234 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002235
2236 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2237
2238 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2239 configuration driver.
2240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002241 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002246 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2247 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2248 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2249 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002251 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002253 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2254 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2255 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002256 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002258 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002260 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002261 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002262
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002263 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002265 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002266 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267
2268- Configuration Management:
2269 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2270
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002271 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2272 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
2274- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2275
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2277 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002278 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002279 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2280 protects these variables from casual modification by
2281 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2282 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002283 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284
2285 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2286 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002287 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288 these parameters.
2289
2290 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2291 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002292 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2294 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2295 read-only.]
2296
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002297 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2298 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2299 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2300 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302- Protected RAM:
2303 CONFIG_PRAM
2304
2305 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2306 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2307 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2308 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2309 this default value by defining an environment
2310 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2311 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2312 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2313 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2314 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2315 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2316 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2317
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002318 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002319 saveenv
2320
2321 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2322 either, which results in a memory region that will
2323 not be affected by reboots.
2324
2325 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2326 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2327 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2328 following board configurations are known to be
2329 "pRAM-clean":
2330
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002331 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2332 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002333 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002334
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002335- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2336 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2337 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2338 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2339 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2340 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2341 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2342
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343- Error Recovery:
2344 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2345
2346 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2347 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2348 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002349 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2351 useful during development since you can try to debug
2352 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2353
2354 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2355
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002356 This variable defines the number of retries for
2357 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2358 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2359 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002361 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2362
2363 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2364
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002365 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2366
2367 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2368 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2369 try longer timeout such as
2370 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2371
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002373 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002374
2375 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2376
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002377 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2378 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002379
2380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002381 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002382
2383 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2384 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2385 powerful command line syntax like
2386 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2387 constructs ("shell scripts").
2388
2389 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2390 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2391
2392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002393 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
2395 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2396 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2397 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2398
2399 Note:
2400
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002401 In the current implementation, the local variables
2402 space and global environment variables space are
2403 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2404 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2405 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2406 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2407 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002408
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002409 Global environment variables are those you use
2410 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2411 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2412 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002413
2414 To store commands and special characters in a
2415 variable, please use double quotation marks
2416 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2417 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2418 symbols.
2419
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002420- Commandline Editing and History:
2421 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2422
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002423 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002424 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002425
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002426- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002427 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2428
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002429 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2430 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002431 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002432
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002433 For example, place something like this in your
2434 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435
2436 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2437 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2438 "myvar2=value2\0"
2439
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002440 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2441 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2442 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2443 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002444 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445 You better know what you are doing here.
2446
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002447 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2448 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002449 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002450 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002452 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2453
2454 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2455 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2456 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2457
2458 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2459
2460 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2461 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2462 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2463 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2464 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2465
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002466 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2467
2468 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2469 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2470 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2471
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002472 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2473
2474 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2475 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2476 that so that the environment is not available until
2477 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2478 this is instead controlled by the value of
2479 /config/load-environment.
2480
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002481- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002482 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2483
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002484 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2485 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2486 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002487
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002488- Serial Flash support
2489 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2490
2491 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2492 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2493
2494 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2495 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2496 commands.
2497
2498 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2499 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2500 flash is present on the system.
2501
2502 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2503 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2504 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2505 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2506
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002507 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2508
2509 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2510 test ('sf test').
2511
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002512- SystemACE Support:
2513 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2514
2515 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2516 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002517 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002518 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002519
2520 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002521 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002522
2523 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2524 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2525
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002526- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2527 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2528
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002529 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002530 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002531 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002532 number generator is used.
2533
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002534 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2535 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2536 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2537
2538 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002539 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2540 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2541 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2542 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2543 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2544 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2545
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002546- Hashing support:
2547 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2548
2549 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2550 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2551
2552 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2553
2554 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2555 size a little.
2556
2557 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2558 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2559
2560 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2561 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2562
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002563- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2565
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002566 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2567 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2568 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2569 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2570 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2571 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002573- Detailed boot stage timing
2574 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2575 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2576 of the boot process.
2577
2578 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2579 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2580 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2581 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2582 the limit, recording will stop.
2583
2584 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2585 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2586
2587 Timer summary in microseconds:
2588 Mark Elapsed Stage
2589 0 0 reset
2590 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2591 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2592 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2593 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2594 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2595 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2596 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2597
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002598 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2599 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2600 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2601
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002602 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2603 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2604 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2605 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2606 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2607 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2608 For example:
2609
2610 bootstage {
2611 154 {
2612 name = "board_init_f";
2613 mark = <3575678>;
2614 };
2615 170 {
2616 name = "lcd";
2617 accum = <33482>;
2618 };
2619 };
2620
2621 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2622
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002623Legacy uImage format:
2624
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625 Arg Where When
2626 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002627 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002628 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002629 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002631 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2633 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2634 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002635 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2637 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2638 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2639 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002640 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002642
2643 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2644 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2645 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2646 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2647 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2648 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2649 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002650 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002651 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2652 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2653
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002654 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002656 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002657 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2658 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002659
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002660 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2661 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2662 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2663 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2664 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2665 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2666 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2667 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2668 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2669 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2670 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2671 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2672 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2673 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2674 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2675 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2676 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2677 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2678 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2679 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2680 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2681 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2682 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2683 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2684 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2685 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2686 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2687 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2688 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2689 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2690 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2691 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2692 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2693 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2694 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2695 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2696 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2697 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2698 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2699 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2700 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2701 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2702 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2703 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2704 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2705 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2706 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002708 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002710 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002711 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2712 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002713
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002714 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2715 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002716 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002717 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2718 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2719 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002720 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2721 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002722 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002724FIT uImage format:
2725
2726 Arg Where When
2727 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2728 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2729 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2730 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2731 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2732 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002733 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002734 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2735 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2736 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2737 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2738 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002739 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2740 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002741 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2742 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2743 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2744 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2745 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2746 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2747 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2748 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2749
2750 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2751 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2752 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002753 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002754 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2755 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2756 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2757 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2758 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2759 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2760 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2761 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2762 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2763 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2764 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2765 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2766
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002767 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002768 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2769
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002770 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002771 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2772
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002773 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002774 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2775
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002776- FIT image support:
2777 CONFIG_FIT
2778 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2779
2780 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2781 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2782 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2783 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2784 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2785 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2786
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002787- Standalone program support:
2788 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2789
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002790 This option defines a board specific value for the
2791 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2792 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002793 settings.
2794
2795- Frame Buffer Address:
2796 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2797
2798 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002799 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2800 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2801 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2802 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2803 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2804 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2805 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002806
2807 Please see board_init_f function.
2808
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002809- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2810 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2811 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2812 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2813
2814 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2815 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2816
2817- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2818 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2819
2820 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2821 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2822
2823 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2824
2825 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2826 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2827
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002828- UBI support
2829 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2830
2831 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2832 with the UBI flash translation layer
2833
2834 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2835
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002836 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2837
2838 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2839 warnings and errors enabled.
2840
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002841- UBIFS support
2842 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2843
2844 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2845 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2846
2847 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2848
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002849 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2850
2851 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2852 warnings and errors enabled.
2853
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002854- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002855 CONFIG_SPL
2856 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002857
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002858 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2859 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2860
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002861 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2862 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2863 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2864 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002865 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002866 must not be both defined at the same time.
2867
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002868 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002869 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2870 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2871 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2872 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002873
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002874 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2875 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002876
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002877 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2878 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2879 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2880
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002881 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2882 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2883
2884 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002885 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2886 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2887 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002888 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002889 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002890
2891 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2892 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2893
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002894 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2895 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2896 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2897 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2898
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002899 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2900 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2901
2902 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2903 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002904
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002905 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2906 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2907 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2908 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2909
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002910 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2911 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2912 about the running system.
2913
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002914 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2915 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2916
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002917 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2918 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002919
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002920 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2921 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002922
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002923 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2924 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002925
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002926 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2927 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002928
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002929 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2930 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002931
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002932 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2933 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2934 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2935 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2936 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2937
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002938 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2939 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2940 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2941
2942 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2943 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2944 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2945 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2946 (for falcon mode)
2947
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002948 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2949 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2950
2951 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2952 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2953
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002954 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
2955 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
2956 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2957
2958 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
2959 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
2960 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2961
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002962 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2963 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2964 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2965 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2966 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2967
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002968 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2969 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2970 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2971
2972 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2973 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2974
2975 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2976 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2977
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002978 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002979 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2980 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002981
2982 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2983 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2984 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2985 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2986 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2987 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002988 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002989
2990 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002991 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2992
2993 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2994 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2995
2996 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2997 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002998
2999 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003000 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003001
3002 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3003 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3004 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3005
3006 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3007 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3008 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3009
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003010 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3011 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003012
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003013 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3014 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003015
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003016 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3017 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003018
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003019 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3020 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3021
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003022 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3023 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003024
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003025 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003026 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3027 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3028 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3029 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3030 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003031
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003032 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3033 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3034 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3035 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3036
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003037 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3038 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3039 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3040 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3041 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3042
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003043Modem Support:
3044--------------
3045
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003046[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3050
3051- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3052 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3053
3054- Modem debug support:
3055 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3056
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003057 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3058 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003059
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003060- Interrupt support (PPC):
3061
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003062 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3063 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003064 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003065 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003066 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003067 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003068 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003069 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3070 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3071 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003072
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003073- General:
3074
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003075 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3076 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3077 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003078 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003079 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3080 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3081 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003083 If there are no modem init strings in the
3084 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3085 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003086 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003087
3088 See also: doc/README.Modem
3089
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003090Board initialization settings:
3091------------------------------
3092
3093During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3094to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3095before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3096following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3097architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3098typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3099
3100- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3101- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3102- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3103- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105Configuration Settings:
3106-----------------------
3107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003108- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003109 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3110
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003111- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3112 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003114- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115 prompt for user input.
3116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003117- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003119- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003121- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003123- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003124 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3125 booted
3126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3129
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003130- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003131 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003133- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003134 If the board specific function
3135 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3136 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003139- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003140 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003146 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3147 simple memory test.
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003150 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003153 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3154 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003156- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3157 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003158 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003159 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003160 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3161 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3162 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003163 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003164 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003165 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003166
3167 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3168 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3169 be touched.
3170
3171 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3172 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3173 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3174 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3175 problems.
3176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003177- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003178 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003180- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003181 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003183- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3185 Cogent motherboard)
3186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003187- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003188 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3189
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003190- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003191 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3192 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003193 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003194 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003196- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003197 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3198 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3199 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3200 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003202- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003205- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003206 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3207 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003208 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003209 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3213 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003214 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3215 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3216 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3217 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003218 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003219 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3220 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3221 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003223- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3224 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3225 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3226 is enabled.
3227
3228- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3229 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3230 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3231
3232- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3233 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3234 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003236- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237 Max number of Flash memory banks
3238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003239- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003245- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003248- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003249 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003251- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003252 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003254- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003255 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3256 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003258- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003259
3260 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3261 without this option such a download has to be
3262 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3263 copy from RAM to flash.
3264
3265 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3266 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003267 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3268 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003271- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003272 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003273 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003275- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003276 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3277 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003279- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3280 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3281 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3282 to the MTD layer.
3283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003284- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003285 Use buffered writes to flash.
3286
3287- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3288 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3289 write commands.
3290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003291- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003292 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3293 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3294 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3295 optionally available.
3296
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003297- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3298 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3299 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3300 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3301
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003302- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3303 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3304 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3305 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3306 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3307 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3308 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3309 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003311- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003312 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3313 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003314 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3315 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003316 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003317 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3318
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003319- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3320
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003321 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3322 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3323 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3324 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3325 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003326
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003327- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3328- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3329 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3330 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3331 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3332 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3333
3334 The format of the list is:
3335 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003336 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3337 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003338 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3339 list = entry[,list]
3340
3341 The type attributes are:
3342 s - String (default)
3343 d - Decimal
3344 x - Hexadecimal
3345 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3346 i - IP address
3347 m - MAC address
3348
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003349 The access attributes are:
3350 a - Any (default)
3351 r - Read-only
3352 o - Write-once
3353 c - Change-default
3354
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003355 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3356 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3357 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3358
3359 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3360 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3361 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3362 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3363 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3364 ".flags" variable.
3365
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003366- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3367 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3368 access flags.
3369
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003370- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3371 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3372 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3373 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3374 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3375 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3376 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3377 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3378 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3379
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003380- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3381 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3382 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3383 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3384 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3385
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003386- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3387 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3388 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3389 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003390
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3392of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3393following configurations:
3394
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003395- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3396
3397 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3398 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003400- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003401
3402 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3403
3404 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3405 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3406 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3407 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3408 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3409 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3410 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3411 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3412 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3413 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3414 between U-Boot and the environment.
3415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003416 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
3418 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3419 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3420 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3421 for this sector is given here.
3422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003423 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003425 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003426
3427 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3428 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003429 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003431 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
3433 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3434
3435
3436 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3437 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3438 the environment.
3439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003440 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003442 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003443 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3445 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3446
3447 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3448 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3449 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3450 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3451 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3452 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3453 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3454 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3455 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003457 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3458 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003460 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003461 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003462 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003463 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464
3465BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3466source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3467accordingly!
3468
3469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003470- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
3472 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3473 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3474 environment.
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003476 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3477 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003479 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3481 can just be read and written to, without any special
3482 provision.
3483
3484BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3485in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003486console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487U-Boot will hang.
3488
3489Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3490environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3491keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3492to save the current settings.
3493
3494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003495- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
3497 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3498 device and a driver for it.
3499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003500 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3501 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502
3503 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3504 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003506 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3508 The default address is zero.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3512 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3513 would require six bits.
3514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003515 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003516 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003517 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003519 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003520 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3521 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003524 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3525 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3526 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3527 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3528 byte chips.
3529
3530 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3531 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3532 in the chip address.
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3536
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003537 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3538 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3539 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3540
3541 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3542 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3543 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3544 EEPROM. For example:
3545
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003546 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003547
3548 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3549 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003551- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003552
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003553 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003554 want to use for the environment.
3555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003556 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3557 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3558 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003559
3560 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3561 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3562 at the specified address.
3563
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003564- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3565
3566 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3567 want to use for the local device's environment.
3568
3569 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3570 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3571
3572 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3573 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3574 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003575 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003576
3577BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3578"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003579environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3580but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003582- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003583
3584 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3585 for the environment.
3586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003587 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3588 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003589
3590 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003591 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3592 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003593
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003594 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003596 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003597 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3598 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003599 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003600 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003601
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003602 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3603
3604 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3605 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3606 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3607 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3608 the range to be avoided.
3609
3610 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3611
3612 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3613 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3614 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3615 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3616 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003617
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003618- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3619
3620 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3621 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3622 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3623
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003624- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3625
3626 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3627 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3628 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3629
3630 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3631
3632 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3633
3634 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3635
3636 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3637 environment in.
3638
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003639 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3640
3641 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3642 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3643 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3644
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003645 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3646 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3647
3648 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3649 when storing the env in UBI.
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652
3653 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3654 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3655 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3656 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3657 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3658 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3659 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3660
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003661Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003663created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664until then to read environment variables.
3665
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003666The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3667is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3668with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3669necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3670"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3671have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672
3673Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3674the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003675use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003678 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003680 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003681 also needs to be defined.
3682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003684 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003685
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003686- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3687 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3688 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3689 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3690 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3691 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3692
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003693- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3694 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3695 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3696 to do this.
3697
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003698- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3699 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3700 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3701 present.
3702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003704---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003706- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003709- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003710 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003711
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003712 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3713 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3714 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003715
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003716- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3717 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3718 PowerPC SOCs.
3719
3720- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3721 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3722 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3723
3724 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3725 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3726
3727- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3728 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3729 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003730 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003731 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3732 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3733 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3734
3735 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3736 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3737
3738- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003739 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3740 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003741 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3742 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3743
3744- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3745 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3746 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3747 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3748
3749- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3750 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3751 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3752
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003753- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003754 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003755
3756 the default drive number (default value 0)
3757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003758 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003759
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003760 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003761 (default value 1)
3762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003763 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003764
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003765 defines the offset of register from address. It
3766 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003767 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003769 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3770 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003771 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003773 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003774 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3775 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3776 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3777 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003778
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003779- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3780 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3781 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3782 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3783 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3784 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3785 is requierd.
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003787- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003788 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003789 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003791- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003793 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3795 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3796 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3797 will become available only after programming the
3798 memory controller and running certain initialization
3799 sequences.
3800
3801 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3802 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3803 - MPC824X: data cache
3804 - PPC4xx: data cache
3805
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003806- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
3808 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3810 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003812 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003813 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3814 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3815 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
3817 Note:
3818 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3819 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3822 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3823
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003824- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003828- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003832- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003834- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003836- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003837 SDRAM timing
3838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003839- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840 periodic timer for refresh
3841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003842- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003844- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3845 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3846 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3847 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3849
3850- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003851 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3852 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003855- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3856 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3858 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3862 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3863
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003864- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003865 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3866 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003869 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3870 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3874 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3875 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003877- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003878 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3879 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3880 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3881 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003883- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3884 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3885 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3886 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3887 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3888 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3889 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3890 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003891 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003892
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003893- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3894 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3895 required.
3896
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003897- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3898 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3899 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3900 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3901 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3902 by coreboot or similar.
3903
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003904- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3905 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3906
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003907- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3908 Chip has SRIO or not
3909
3910- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3911 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3912
3913- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3914 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3915
3916- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3917 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3918
3919- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3920 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3921
3922- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3923 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3924
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003925- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3926 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3927 a 16 bit bus.
3928 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003929 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003930 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003931 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003932
3933- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3934 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3935 a default value will be used.
3936
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003937- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003938 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3939 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3940
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003941 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3942 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3943
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003944- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003945 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3946 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3947 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003948
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003949- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3950 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3951 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3952 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3953 header files or board specific files.
3954
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003955- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3956 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003958- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003959 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3960 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003961
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003962- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3963 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3964
3965- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3966 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003967 to the given FEC; i. e.
3968 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003969 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3970
3971 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3972
3973- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3974 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3975 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3976
3977- CONFIG_RMII
3978 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3979 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3980 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3981
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003982- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3983 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3984 The syntax is:
3985
3986 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3987
3988 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3989 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3990 area should have.
3991
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003992- CONFIG_LOOPW
3993 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003994 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003995
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003996- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3997 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3998 "md/mw" commands.
3999 Examples:
4000
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004001 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004002 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4003
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004004 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004005 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4006
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004007 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004008 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004009
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004010- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004011 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004012 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4013 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4014 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004015
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004016 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4017 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4018 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4019 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004020
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004021- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004022 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4023 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4024 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004025
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004026- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4027 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4028 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4029 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4030 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4031 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4032 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4033 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4034
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004035- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4036 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4037 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4038 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4039 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4040
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004041- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4042 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4043 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004044
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004045- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4046 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4047
4048 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004049
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004050Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4051-----------------------------------
4052
4053The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4054loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4055This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4056are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4057within that device.
4058
4059- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4060 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4061 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4062 is also specified.
4063
4064- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4065 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4066 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4067 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4068 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4069
4070- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4071 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4072 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4073 virtual address in NOR flash.
4074
4075- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4076 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4077 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4078
4079- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4080 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4081 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4082
4083- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4084 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4085 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4086
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004087- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4088 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4089 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004090 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4091 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4092 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094Building the Software:
4095======================
4096
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004097Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4098and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4099all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4100(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4101recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4102which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004103
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004104If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4105have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4106you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4107Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4108necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004110 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4111 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004113Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4114 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4115 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4116 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4117
4118 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4119
4120 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4121 be executed on computers running Windows.
4122
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004123U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4124sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004125is done by typing:
4126
4127 make NAME_config
4128
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004129where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004130rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004132Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4133 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4134 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4135 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004136 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138 make TQM823L_config
4139 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4142 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004147Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4148images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004150- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4151- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4152- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004154By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4155in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4156this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4157
41581. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4159
4160 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4161 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4162 make O=/tmp/build all
4163
41642. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4165
4166 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4167 make distclean
4168 make NAME_config
4169 make all
4170
4171Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4172variable.
4173
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4176for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4177native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4181to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4182steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041841. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004185 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4186 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041872. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4188 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4189 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
41903. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4191 your board
41923. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4193 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
41944. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
41955. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4196 to be installed on your target system.
41976. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4198 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004201Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4202==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004204If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4205or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4207the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004208official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004209
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004210But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4211cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4213just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004214for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4215select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4216environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4217you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004221or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004225When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4226U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4227setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4228built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4229<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4230location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4231variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004232
4233 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4234 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4235 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4236
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004237With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4238log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4239during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004240
4241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245Monitor Commands - Overview:
4246============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248go - start application at address 'addr'
4249run - run commands in an environment variable
4250bootm - boot application image from memory
4251bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004252bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4254 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4255 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004256tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4258diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4259loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4260loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4261md - memory display
4262mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4263nm - memory modify (constant address)
4264mw - memory write (fill)
4265cp - memory copy
4266cmp - memory compare
4267crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004268i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004269sspi - SPI utility commands
4270base - print or set address offset
4271printenv- print environment variables
4272setenv - set environment variables
4273saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4274protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4275erase - erase FLASH memory
4276flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004277nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4279iminfo - print header information for application image
4280coninfo - print console devices and informations
4281ide - IDE sub-system
4282loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004283loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004284mtest - simple RAM test
4285icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4286dcache - enable or disable data cache
4287reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4288echo - echo args to console
4289version - print monitor version
4290help - print online help
4291? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4295========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300
4301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004302Environment Variables:
4303======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4306can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004308Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4309"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4310without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4311environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4312working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4313environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004314
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004315Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4316
4317List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004319 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004325 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004327 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004328
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004329 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4330 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4331 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4332 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4333 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4334 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004335 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4336 bootm_mapsize.
4337
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004338 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004339 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4340 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4341 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4342 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4343 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4344 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004345
4346 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4347 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4348 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4349 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4350 environment variable.
4351
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004352 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4353 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4354 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4357 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4358 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4359 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4362 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4363 be automatically started (by internally calling
4364 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4367 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4368 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4369 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4370 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004372 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4373 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004374 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4375 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4376 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4377 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4378 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4379 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4380 access it during the boot procedure.
4381
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004382 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4383 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4384 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4385 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4386 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4387 must be accessible by the kernel.
4388
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004389 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4390 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4391 defined.
4392
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004393 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4394 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4395 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4396 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4397 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4400 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4401 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4402 is usually what you want since it allows for
4403 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4404 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004405 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4407 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4408 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4409 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4412 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4413 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4414 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4415 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4416 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4421 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4422 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4423 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4424 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4425 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4426 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4431 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004437 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004439 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004442
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004443 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004444
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004445 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4446 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004448 => setenv ethact FEC
4449 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4450 => setenv ethact SCC
4451 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004452
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004453 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4454 available network interfaces.
4455 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4456
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004457 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4459 When set to "once" the network operation will
4460 fail when all the available network interfaces
4461 are tried once without success.
4462 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4463 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004465 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004466
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004467 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004468 UDP source port.
4469
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004470 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4471 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4472
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004473 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4474 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4475
4476 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4477 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4478 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4479 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4480 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4481 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4482 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4483
4484 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004485 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004486 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004487
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004488The following image location variables contain the location of images
4489used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4490not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4491variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4492server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4493loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4494flash or offset in NAND flash.
4495
4496*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4497boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4498boards use these variables for other purposes.
4499
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004500Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4501----- --------- ----------- --------------
4502u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4503Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4504device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4505ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4508updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4509depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511 bootfile - see above
4512 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4513 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4514 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4515 hostname - Target hostname
4516 ipaddr - see above
4517 netmask - Subnet Mask
4518 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4519 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004520
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004522There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4525 as type string and/or serial number
4526 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004528These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4529the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4530once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
4532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4536 with the "version" command. This variable is
4537 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4541only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004543
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004544Callback functions for environment variables:
4545---------------------------------------------
4546
4547For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4548when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4549be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4550deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4551effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4552
4553The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4554U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4555
4556These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4557static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4558in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4559associations. The list must be in the following format:
4560
4561 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4562 list = entry[,list]
4563
4564If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4565Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4566
4567Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4568with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4569override any association in the static list. You can define
4570CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4571".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4572
4573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574Command Line Parsing:
4575=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4578the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580Old, simple command line parser:
4581--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4584- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004585- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4587 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004588 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4590 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592Hush shell:
4593-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4596 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4597 until...do...done, ...
4598- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4599 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4600 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4601 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004602
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004603General rules:
4604--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4607 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4608 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4609 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004612 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4614 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4617=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004618
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004619Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4621"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4624MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4625"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4628in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4629ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4630variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4633 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4636 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4637 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004639o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4640 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4643 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4644 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4647 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004649If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004650will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004651may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4652The naming convention is as follows:
4653"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655Image Formats:
4656==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004658U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4659images in two formats:
4660
4661New uImage format (FIT)
4662-----------------------
4663
4664Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4665to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4666components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4667SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4668
4669
4670Old uImage format
4671-----------------
4672
4673Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4674preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4675details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4678 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004679 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4680 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4681 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004682* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004683 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4684 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4686* Load Address
4687* Entry Point
4688* Image Name
4689* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4692and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4693CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696Linux Support:
4697==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4700easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4701U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4704special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4705"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4706instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4707serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4710 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4711 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4714 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4717 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4718 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4719 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4720 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4721 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724Linux HOWTO:
4725============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4728---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4731configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4732(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4733Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004735But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4738include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004739Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4740and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004741as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744Configuring the Linux kernel:
4745-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4748device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004751Building a Linux Image:
4752-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4755not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4756"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4757U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4758which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4759100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763 make TQM850L_config
4764 make oldconfig
4765 make dep
4766 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4769encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4770CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4777 -R .note -R .comment \
4778 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004779
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4787 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4788 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004789
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4792with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4793combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4794byte header containing information about target architecture,
4795operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4796stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4799print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4802contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4803checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 tools/mkimage -l image
4806 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4809from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4812 -n name -d data_file image
4813 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4814 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4815 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4816 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4817 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4818 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4819 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4820 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004821
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004822Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4823address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4824kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004826- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4827- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4832 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004833 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4835 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4836 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4837 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4838 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4839 Load Address: 0x00000000
4840 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4845 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4846 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4847 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4848 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4849 Load Address: 0x00000000
4850 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4853speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4854needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4855need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004857 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4859 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004860 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4862 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4863 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4864 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4865 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4866 Load Address: 0x00000000
4867 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4871when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4874 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4875 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4876 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4877 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4878 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4879 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4880 Load Address: 0x00000000
4881 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004882
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884Installing a Linux Image:
4885-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4888you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4893image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4894address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4895specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4896command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4899TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903 .......... done
4904 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906 => loads 40100000
4907 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4908 ~>examples/image.srec
4909 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4910 ...
4911 15989 15990 15991 15992
4912 [file transfer complete]
4913 [connected]
4914 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
4916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004918this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4924 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4925 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4926 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4927 Load Address: 00000000
4928 Entry Point: 0000000c
4929 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
4931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932Boot Linux:
4933-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4936memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4937of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4938parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4939"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
4941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942 => printenv bootargs
4943 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947 => printenv bootargs
4948 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950 => bootm 40020000
4951 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4952 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4953 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4954 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4955 Load Address: 00000000
4956 Entry Point: 0000000c
4957 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4958 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4959 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4960 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4961 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4962 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4963 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4964 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004966If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4968format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4973 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4974 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4975 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4976 Load Address: 00000000
4977 Entry Point: 0000000c
4978 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4981 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4982 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4983 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4984 Load Address: 00000000
4985 Entry Point: 00000000
4986 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4989 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4990 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4991 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4992 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4993 Load Address: 00000000
4994 Entry Point: 0000000c
4995 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4996 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4997 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4998 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4999 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5000 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5001 Load Address: 00000000
5002 Entry Point: 00000000
5003 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5004 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5005 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5006 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5007 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5008 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5009 ...
5010 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5011 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005013 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005015Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5016-----------
5017
5018First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5019titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5020following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5021flat device tree:
5022
5023=> print oftaddr
5024oftaddr=0x300000
5025=> print oft
5026oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5027=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5028Speed: 1000, full duplex
5029Using TSEC0 device
5030TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5031Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5032Load address: 0x300000
5033Loading: #
5034done
5035Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5036=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5037Speed: 1000, full duplex
5038Using TSEC0 device
5039TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5040Filename 'uImage'.
5041Load address: 0x200000
5042Loading:############
5043done
5044Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5045=> print loadaddr
5046loadaddr=200000
5047=> print oftaddr
5048oftaddr=0x300000
5049=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5050## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005051 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5052 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5053 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005054 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005055 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005056 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5057 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5058Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5059Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5060Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5061[snip]
5062
5063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064More About U-Boot Image Types:
5065------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005068
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5070 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5071 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5072 the Standalone Program.
5073 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5074 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5075 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5076 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5077 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5078 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5079 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5080 being started.
5081 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5082 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5083 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5084 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5085 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5086 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5089 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5090 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5091 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5092 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5093 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5096 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5097 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5100 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5101 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5102 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005103
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005104Booting the Linux zImage:
5105-------------------------
5106
5107On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5108using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5109as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5110
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005111Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005112kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5113address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5114format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117Standalone HOWTO:
5118=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5121run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5122U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126"Hello World" Demo:
5127-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5130application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5131It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5132like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134 => loads
5135 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5136 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5137 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5138 [file transfer complete]
5139 [connected]
5140 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5143 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5144 Hello World
5145 argc = 7
5146 argv[0] = "40004"
5147 argv[1] = "Hello"
5148 argv[2] = "World!"
5149 argv[3] = "This"
5150 argv[4] = "is"
5151 argv[5] = "a"
5152 argv[6] = "test."
5153 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5154 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5159handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5160Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5161The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5162character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5163controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5166 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5167 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5168 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170 => loads
5171 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5172 ~>examples/timer.srec
5173 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5174 [file transfer complete]
5175 [connected]
5176 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178 => go 40004
5179 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5180 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5181 Using timer 1
5182 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184Hit 'b':
5185 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5186 Enabling timer
5187Hit '?':
5188 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5189 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5190Hit '?':
5191 [q, b, e, ?] .
5192 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5193Hit '?':
5194 [q, b, e, ?] .
5195 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5196Hit '?':
5197 [q, b, e, ?] .
5198 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5199Hit 'e':
5200 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5201Hit 'q':
5202 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
5204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205Minicom warning:
5206================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5209"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5210consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5211Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5212especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005213use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5214http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5215for help with kermit.
5216
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005217
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5219configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005220
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5222 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5223 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005224
5225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226NetBSD Notes:
5227=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5230(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5233NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5234need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5235Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5236attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5237missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5240 # mkdir powerpc
5241 # ln -s powerpc machine
5242 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5243 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5246and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005248Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5249stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5250proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5251tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005252meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
5254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255Implementation Internals:
5256=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5259implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5260inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5261hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
5263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264Initial Stack, Global Data:
5265---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5268starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5269system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5270This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5271is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5272at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5273options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5274models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5275MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5276locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005278 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005279 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5282 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5283 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5284 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5287 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5288 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5289 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5290 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005291 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5293 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5296 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005297 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5299 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5300 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5301 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005303 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5305 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005306 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5308 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5309 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5310 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5311 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 -Chris Hallinan
5314 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5317code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5320 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005322* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5324 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5327 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5330normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5331turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5332simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5333functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5334functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5335the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5336place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5337reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5340relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5341GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005342
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005343For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5344 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005345 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5347 R5-R10: parameter passing
5348 R13: small data area pointer
5349 R30: GOT pointer
5350 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005352 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5353 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5354 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005356 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5359 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5360 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5361 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5362 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5363 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005364
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005365On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005366 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5367
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005368 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005372 R0: function argument word/integer result
5373 R1-R3: function argument word
5374 R9: GOT pointer
5375 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5376 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5377 R12: temporary workspace
5378 R13: stack pointer
5379 R14: link register
5380 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005384On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5385 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5386
5387 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5388
5389 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5390 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5391
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005392On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5393
5394 R0-R1: argument/return
5395 R2-R5: argument
5396 R15: temporary register for assembler
5397 R16: trampoline register
5398 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5399 R29: global pointer (GP)
5400 R30: link register (LP)
5401 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5402 PC: program counter (PC)
5403
5404 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5405
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005406NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5407or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409Memory Management:
5410------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5413MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005415The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5416controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5417memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5418physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5421TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5422booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5423to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005424memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5426Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5429of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5432this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5435 :
5436 0x0000 1FFF
5437 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5438 :
5439 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 :
5442 :
5443 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5444 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5445 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5446 :
5447 0x00FD FFFF
5448 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5449 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5450 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5451 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005452
5453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454System Initialization:
5455----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005456
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005457In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005458(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5460To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5461To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5462initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5463which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5464part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5465the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5468preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5469(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5470on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5471programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5472simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5473banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5476different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5477bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
54780x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5479contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5482and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5483Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5484pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5487until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5488running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5489new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005490
5491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492U-Boot Porting Guide:
5493----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5496list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
5498
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005499int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500{
5501 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005502
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005503 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5504 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005507 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508 return 0;
5509 }
5510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 Download latest U-Boot source;
5512
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005513 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005515 if (clueless)
5516 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518 while (learning) {
5519 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005520 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5521 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005523 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005525
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005526 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5527 Buy a BDI3000;
5528 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005530
5531 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5532 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5533 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5534 } else {
5535 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5536 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005537 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005538 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5539 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005540
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005541 while (!accepted) {
5542 while (!running) {
5543 do {
5544 Add / modify source code;
5545 } until (compiles);
5546 Debug;
5547 if (clueless)
5548 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5549 }
5550 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5551 if (reasonable critiques)
5552 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5553 else
5554 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557 return 0;
5558}
5559
5560void no_more_time (int sig)
5561{
5562 hire_a_guru();
5563}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005564
5565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566Coding Standards:
5567-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005569All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005570coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005571"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005573Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5574MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5575reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5576sources.
5577
5578Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5579Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5580in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581
5582Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5583- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005584- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005586- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5588
5589Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5590with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005591
5592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593Submitting Patches:
5594-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5597establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5598may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005599
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005600Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005601
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005602Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5603see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5606it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5609 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5610 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5613 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5616
5617* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5618
5619* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005620 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621
5622* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5623 document these in the README file.
5624
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005625* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5626 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005627 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005628 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5629 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005631 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5632 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5633 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005635 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5636 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5637 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5638 affected files).
5639
5640 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5641 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642
5643* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5644 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5645
5646* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5647 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5648
5649
5650Notes:
5651
5652* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5653 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5654 for any of the boards.
5655
5656* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5657 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5658 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5659
5660* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5661 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5662 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5663 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5664 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5665 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005666
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005667* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5668 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5669 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5670 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.